<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bermis01</id>
		<title>Help Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bermis01"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Bermis01"/>
		<updated>2026-09-01T06:37:54Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.26.3</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=28101</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=28101"/>
				<updated>2016-02-22T22:50:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* INTRODUCTION */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#ev:vimeo|156335553|800|center|Pentax 645Z - Basic Functions}}&lt;br /&gt;
===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, after users obtained their DSLR camera and 6D Digital camera. Test and equipment information can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax5.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax4.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax1.jpg|500px|thumb|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
128GB Memory Card&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
Click images to enlarge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOUR-WAY CONTROLLER===&lt;br /&gt;
The Four-way Controller is the main way to access major settings. Pressing the buttons on the Four-Way Controller will activate the following:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Top: Drive Modes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bottom: Flash Modes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right: Custom Image&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Left: White Balance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the position of the auto-focus without changing the AF area, press the '''AF Point Change''' button in Stand-by Mode and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons'''.  Press the '''AF Point Change''' button again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Parabolic_Microphone_Kit_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=28100</id>
		<title>Parabolic Microphone Kit Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Parabolic_Microphone_Kit_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=28100"/>
				<updated>2016-02-22T22:47:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* SET-UP */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INTRO===&lt;br /&gt;
This kit requires a proficiency, which you can find [http://wikis.evergreen.edu/computing/index.php/Parabolic_Proficiency_Test here.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Telinga Parabolic Microphones are designed to be reliable, lightweight and very easy to use.  The primary use of this parabolic microphone is wildlife audio recording and it has been developed in co-operation with ornithologists, wildlife filmmakers and researchers in the field of bio-acoustics.  It is specifically made to reduce wind and handling noise as well as inherent noise from the microphone and amplifiers. The dish funnels sound into the microphone, which allows for recording sources from farther distances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
'''DO NOT:'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge the microphone in water&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Drop it&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Expose it to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Expose it to extreme heat or cold&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point the parabola towards the sun&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store the parabolic kit face down on the ground&lt;br /&gt;
====Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
Store the dish with the opening down on a flat surface.  Clean the dish only with soap and water.  Do not use detergents.&lt;br /&gt;
The dish can be rolled into a “cigar-like” shape with a diameter of about 6inches. If put on a flat surface and left for a while it will regain its shape. If the dish must be used instantly, however, you can make a cross of adhesive tape over the opening.&lt;br /&gt;
====Mic====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:triangle2.jpg|right|thumb|150px|Rubber Triangle]]&lt;br /&gt;
NEVER load any microphone into the zeppelin by pushing the capsule end through the orange rubber triangle.  In the forward method (explained below), with the microphone facing outward from the dish, the tip of the capsule should never extend through the triangle.  The microphone should only be loaded through the back of the handle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IN THE KIT===&lt;br /&gt;
Omnidirectional Sennheiser ME62 w/K6 module&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Large 22” clear parabolic dish&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Zeppelin&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pistol grip handle: equipped with adjustable XLR, shockmount, and stopper&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Windcoat&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dish bag&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tripod mount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Mic.jpg|ME62/K6&lt;br /&gt;
File:dish.jpg|Dish&lt;br /&gt;
File:zeppelin.jpg|Zeppelin&lt;br /&gt;
File:pistol_grip.jpg|Pistol grip handle, Stopper &amp;amp; XLR&lt;br /&gt;
File:windcoat.png|Windcoat&lt;br /&gt;
File:Bag.png|Dish Bag&lt;br /&gt;
File:tripod_mount_500.jpg|Tripod Mount&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SET-UP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|146160245|800|center|Parabolic Microphone Kit}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DISH====&lt;br /&gt;
# Line the zeppelin up with the circular opening on the dish on the concave side. &lt;br /&gt;
# Place the other half of the zeppelin (the grey tube) on the opposite side.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Twist the tube until it screws into the zeppelin securely.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fasten the pistol grip handle onto the grey tube using the wing-bolt to loosen/tighten the opening accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====MIC====&lt;br /&gt;
This parabolic microphone can be used one of two ways: with the microphone facing forwards or backwards. The different methods allow for various sound styles. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Forwards=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:forwards.jpg|150px|thumb|right|forwards]] &lt;br /&gt;
This is the “old way” to use a parabolic mic.  In this traditional way, the mic capsule will point outward from the dish. The mic should not extend past the orange rubber triangle at the front of the zeppelin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set-up:&lt;br /&gt;
# With the capsule facing forwards (outwards from the dish), insert the mic into the back of the handle/tube.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the mic into the zeppelin.  Do not let it extend past the orangle triangle at the front of the zeppelin opening.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the XLR to the back of the microphone and attach to recording device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Backwards=====&lt;br /&gt;
The “new” way to use this mic. The mic capsule can be loaded in the zeppelin the opposite way, with the capsule pointed backwards toward the dish.  Do not load the mic in through the front of the zeppelin – as with the other method, the mic should always be loaded in through the back. Note: The stopper on the handle can only be used when the mic is loaded in backwards. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:backwards_parabolic.jpeg|150px|thumb|right|backwards]]&lt;br /&gt;
Set-up:&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the XLR into the zeppelin. This needs to be done before you insert the mic.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the capsule facing backwards (towards the dish), insert the mic into the back of the handle/tube. You can use the mic to push the XLR through the end of the zeppelin. The back of the mic should extend past the rubber triangle along with the XLR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the stopper into the back of the handle/tube. DO NOT FORCE the stopper against the capsule.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the XLR to the back of the mic. DO NOT STRESS THE XLR CONNECTION. Feed enough of the XLR through so that it isn’t pulled tight, but also so that there isn’t too much slack.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Placement method will be dependent on your audio recording needs. A good way to set your microphone up is to place a constant sound source (such as a radio), stand 80 feet away, point the microphone at the source and then make adjustments with the mic back and forth until you reach the strongest signal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ADDITIONAL INFO===&lt;br /&gt;
The stopper prevents unwanted noise from travelling through the tube. It cannot be used in the forwards method with the include mic, as the mic is too long and shouldn’t extend past the zeppelin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can place the windcoat on the front of the dish for further wind protection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Parabolic_Microphone_Kit_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=28098</id>
		<title>Parabolic Microphone Kit Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Parabolic_Microphone_Kit_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=28098"/>
				<updated>2016-02-22T22:46:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* SET-UP */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INTRO===&lt;br /&gt;
This kit requires a proficiency, which you can find [http://wikis.evergreen.edu/computing/index.php/Parabolic_Proficiency_Test here.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Telinga Parabolic Microphones are designed to be reliable, lightweight and very easy to use.  The primary use of this parabolic microphone is wildlife audio recording and it has been developed in co-operation with ornithologists, wildlife filmmakers and researchers in the field of bio-acoustics.  It is specifically made to reduce wind and handling noise as well as inherent noise from the microphone and amplifiers. The dish funnels sound into the microphone, which allows for recording sources from farther distances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
'''DO NOT:'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge the microphone in water&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Drop it&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Expose it to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Expose it to extreme heat or cold&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point the parabola towards the sun&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store the parabolic kit face down on the ground&lt;br /&gt;
====Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
Store the dish with the opening down on a flat surface.  Clean the dish only with soap and water.  Do not use detergents.&lt;br /&gt;
The dish can be rolled into a “cigar-like” shape with a diameter of about 6inches. If put on a flat surface and left for a while it will regain its shape. If the dish must be used instantly, however, you can make a cross of adhesive tape over the opening.&lt;br /&gt;
====Mic====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:triangle2.jpg|right|thumb|150px|Rubber Triangle]]&lt;br /&gt;
NEVER load any microphone into the zeppelin by pushing the capsule end through the orange rubber triangle.  In the forward method (explained below), with the microphone facing outward from the dish, the tip of the capsule should never extend through the triangle.  The microphone should only be loaded through the back of the handle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IN THE KIT===&lt;br /&gt;
Omnidirectional Sennheiser ME62 w/K6 module&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Large 22” clear parabolic dish&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Zeppelin&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pistol grip handle: equipped with adjustable XLR, shockmount, and stopper&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Windcoat&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dish bag&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tripod mount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Mic.jpg|ME62/K6&lt;br /&gt;
File:dish.jpg|Dish&lt;br /&gt;
File:zeppelin.jpg|Zeppelin&lt;br /&gt;
File:pistol_grip.jpg|Pistol grip handle, Stopper &amp;amp; XLR&lt;br /&gt;
File:windcoat.png|Windcoat&lt;br /&gt;
File:Bag.png|Dish Bag&lt;br /&gt;
File:tripod_mount_500.jpg|Tripod Mount&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SET-UP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|156335553|800|center|Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DISH====&lt;br /&gt;
# Line the zeppelin up with the circular opening on the dish on the concave side. &lt;br /&gt;
# Place the other half of the zeppelin (the grey tube) on the opposite side.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Twist the tube until it screws into the zeppelin securely.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fasten the pistol grip handle onto the grey tube using the wing-bolt to loosen/tighten the opening accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====MIC====&lt;br /&gt;
This parabolic microphone can be used one of two ways: with the microphone facing forwards or backwards. The different methods allow for various sound styles. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Forwards=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:forwards.jpg|150px|thumb|right|forwards]] &lt;br /&gt;
This is the “old way” to use a parabolic mic.  In this traditional way, the mic capsule will point outward from the dish. The mic should not extend past the orange rubber triangle at the front of the zeppelin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set-up:&lt;br /&gt;
# With the capsule facing forwards (outwards from the dish), insert the mic into the back of the handle/tube.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the mic into the zeppelin.  Do not let it extend past the orangle triangle at the front of the zeppelin opening.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the XLR to the back of the microphone and attach to recording device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Backwards=====&lt;br /&gt;
The “new” way to use this mic. The mic capsule can be loaded in the zeppelin the opposite way, with the capsule pointed backwards toward the dish.  Do not load the mic in through the front of the zeppelin – as with the other method, the mic should always be loaded in through the back. Note: The stopper on the handle can only be used when the mic is loaded in backwards. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:backwards_parabolic.jpeg|150px|thumb|right|backwards]]&lt;br /&gt;
Set-up:&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the XLR into the zeppelin. This needs to be done before you insert the mic.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the capsule facing backwards (towards the dish), insert the mic into the back of the handle/tube. You can use the mic to push the XLR through the end of the zeppelin. The back of the mic should extend past the rubber triangle along with the XLR.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the stopper into the back of the handle/tube. DO NOT FORCE the stopper against the capsule.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the XLR to the back of the mic. DO NOT STRESS THE XLR CONNECTION. Feed enough of the XLR through so that it isn’t pulled tight, but also so that there isn’t too much slack.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Placement method will be dependent on your audio recording needs. A good way to set your microphone up is to place a constant sound source (such as a radio), stand 80 feet away, point the microphone at the source and then make adjustments with the mic back and forth until you reach the strongest signal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ADDITIONAL INFO===&lt;br /&gt;
The stopper prevents unwanted noise from travelling through the tube. It cannot be used in the forwards method with the include mic, as the mic is too long and shouldn’t extend past the zeppelin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can place the windcoat on the front of the dish for further wind protection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Medium_Format_Proficiency_Test&amp;diff=27772</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Medium Format Proficiency Test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Medium_Format_Proficiency_Test&amp;diff=27772"/>
				<updated>2016-01-20T18:26:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* Written */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Written===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has restricted access and a proficiency test is required to check it out. Read the Pentax 645Z Operating Guide and use it as a reference to answer these questions.  Bring your answers in to your scheduled proficiency at Media Loan or workshop.  If you have any questions, you can call the Media Loan front desk at (360) 867-6253. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe how to change the three exposure settings: shutter speed, aperture and ISO with the camera functions/buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
# What are some advantages of using a Medium Format camera (versus cropped censors, such as on the Canon Rebel)?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the purpose of the “focus peaking” function and how do you activate it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe how to set custom white balance.&lt;br /&gt;
# What settings can you change with the Four-Way Controller?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the purpose of the diopter? Why would you adjust it, and how?&lt;br /&gt;
# How do you change the AF (auto-focus) Area?&lt;br /&gt;
# Explain the three types of metering modes the Pentax 645Z.&lt;br /&gt;
# What should you do if debris gets on the censor or mirror of this camera?&lt;br /&gt;
# If your equipment is lost, stolen or damaged who is 100% financially responsible?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operational===&lt;br /&gt;
To be done during your scheduled proficiency at Media Loan or class workshop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Identify all the major parts and buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
# Demonstrate how to attach/change a lens.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the shutter speed and ISO.&lt;br /&gt;
# Demonstrate two ways to adjust the aperture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate through the settings under INFO.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set a custom white balance.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a few pictures with at least two different drive modes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a few pictures with at least two different Custom Image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate the MENU and format the memory cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Canon_6D_Proficiency_Test&amp;diff=27771</id>
		<title>Canon 6D Proficiency Test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Canon_6D_Proficiency_Test&amp;diff=27771"/>
				<updated>2016-01-20T00:45:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* Operational */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Written ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe at least one method to adjust the three exposure settings: aperture, ISO and shutter speed.&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the purpose of the depth-of-field preview button?&lt;br /&gt;
# Where are two places you can view your exposure settings?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the difference between the Canon 6D and a Canon Rebel?&lt;br /&gt;
# How do you activate Live View when taking pictures?&lt;br /&gt;
# What class of memory card should always be used in the 6D?&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe how to change a lens.&lt;br /&gt;
# For what lighting situation is the 6D’s full frame censor advantageous?&lt;br /&gt;
# How do you set the included GA kit lenses to auto focus? How is this different from APS kit lenses?&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe at least three ways this camera can be permanently damaged.&lt;br /&gt;
# If your equipment is lost, stolen or damaged who is 100% financially responsible?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Operational ===&lt;br /&gt;
To be done during your scheduled proficiency at Media Loan/APS or class workshop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust each of the exposure settings: ISO, aperture, shutter speed, with any method(s).&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the picture and video resolution/quality.&lt;br /&gt;
# Activate the Quick menu (Q) and navigate the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Demonstrate how to switch between photo/video mode as well as turn on Live View.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate the different exposure modes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate through the MENU.&lt;br /&gt;
# (GA) Detach/Attach the battery grip.&lt;br /&gt;
# (GA) Set-up the remote&lt;br /&gt;
# (APS) Set-up the shoulder rig&lt;br /&gt;
# (APS) Attach an ND filter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Medium_Format_Proficiency_Test&amp;diff=27770</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Medium Format Proficiency Test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Medium_Format_Proficiency_Test&amp;diff=27770"/>
				<updated>2016-01-20T00:44:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: Created page with &amp;quot;===Written=== # Describe how to change the three exposure settings: shutter speed, aperture and ISO with the camera functions/buttons. # What are some advantages of using a Me...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Written===&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe how to change the three exposure settings: shutter speed, aperture and ISO with the camera functions/buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
# What are some advantages of using a Medium Format camera (versus cropped censors, such as on the Canon Rebel)?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the purpose of the “focus peaking” function and how do you activate it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe how to set custom white balance.&lt;br /&gt;
# What settings can you change with the Four-Way Controller?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the purpose of the diopter? Why would you adjust it, and how?&lt;br /&gt;
# How do you change the AF (auto-focus) Area?&lt;br /&gt;
# Explain the three types of metering modes the Pentax 645Z.&lt;br /&gt;
# What should you do if debris gets on the censor or mirror of this camera?&lt;br /&gt;
# If your equipment is lost, stolen or damaged who is 100% financially responsible?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operational===&lt;br /&gt;
To be done during your scheduled proficiency at Media Loan or class workshop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Identify all the major parts and buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
# Demonstrate how to attach/change a lens.&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the shutter speed and ISO.&lt;br /&gt;
# Demonstrate two ways to adjust the aperture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate through the settings under INFO.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set a custom white balance.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a few pictures with at least two different drive modes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a few pictures with at least two different Custom Image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate the MENU and format the memory cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27769</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27769"/>
				<updated>2016-01-19T23:13:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* FOUR-WAY CONTROLLER */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
Click images to enlarge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOUR-WAY CONTROLLER===&lt;br /&gt;
The Four-way Controller is the main way to access major settings. Pressing the buttons on the Four-Way Controller will activate the following:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Top: Drive Modes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bottom: Flash Modes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right: Custom Image&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Left: White Balance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the position of the auto-focus without changing the AF area, press the '''AF Point Change''' button in Stand-by Mode and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons'''.  Press the '''AF Point Change''' button again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27768</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27768"/>
				<updated>2016-01-19T23:13:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
Click images to enlarge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOUR-WAY CONTROLLER===&lt;br /&gt;
The Four-way Controller is the main way to access major settings. Pressing the buttons on the Four-Way Controller will activate the following:&lt;br /&gt;
Top: Drive Modes&lt;br /&gt;
Bottom: Flash Modes&lt;br /&gt;
Right: Custom Image&lt;br /&gt;
Left: White Balance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the position of the auto-focus without changing the AF area, press the '''AF Point Change''' button in Stand-by Mode and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons'''.  Press the '''AF Point Change''' button again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27751</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27751"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:35:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* CONTROLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
Click images to enlarge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the position of the auto-focus without changing the AF area, press the '''AF Point Change''' button in Stand-by Mode and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons'''.  Press the '''AF Point Change''' button again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27750</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27750"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:35:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* CONTROLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
Click images to enlarge.&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the position of the auto-focus without changing the AF area, press the '''AF Point Change''' button in Stand-by Mode and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons'''.  Press the '''AF Point Change''' button again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27749</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27749"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:28:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* AUTO-FOCUS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the position of the auto-focus without changing the AF area, press the '''AF Point Change''' button in Stand-by Mode and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons'''.  Press the '''AF Point Change''' button again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27748</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27748"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:26:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AUTO-FOCUS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Auto-Focus (AF) cannot be used with the 120mm lens included in the kit.''' To enable AF with the 75mm prime, turn the switch on the lens from MF (manual focus) to AF.&lt;br /&gt;
* To engage auto-focus, depress the '''Shutter Release''' halfway until the lens is done focusing. You can also use the '''AF button''' to auto-focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the area in which the camera is auto-focusing, hold down the '''AF Area''' button during '''Stand-by Mode''' (Live View deactivated) and scroll through the options with the '''Rear e-dial'''. Release, and use the '''Four-Way Controller buttons''' to change the position of the auto-focus area with the selected AF setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27746</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27746"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:05:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===METERING MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Metering Mode Dial, located near the Mode Dial, to switch between the three metering modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Metering.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Metering.png&amp;diff=27745</id>
		<title>File:Metering.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Metering.png&amp;diff=27745"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:04:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27744</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27744"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T23:01:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
Press the MENU button to change camera settings.  Use the '''Four-Way Controller, Front e-dial''' and '''Rear e-dial''' to navigate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera tabs: Here you can adjust settings such as memory card options, HDR, Preview settings, button customization, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Video tab: Adjust movie capture settings, video exposure settings, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Playback tab: Adjust image display options in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench tabs: Make system adjustments such as date/time, LCD display options, etc. Also use to format memory cards. '''Always format the memory cards prior to return at Media Loan.'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27742</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27742"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:52:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* INFO BUTTON */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: &lt;br /&gt;
* Highlight Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Shadow Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Distortion Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment&lt;br /&gt;
* Peripheral Illumination Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* Diffraction Correction&lt;br /&gt;
* HDR&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory card options&lt;br /&gt;
* File format options&lt;br /&gt;
* JPEG Resolutions&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR)&lt;br /&gt;
* AF Area&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus Peaking (only when Live View is activated)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27741</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27741"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:49:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* INFO BUTTON */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: Highlight Correction, Shadow Correction, Distortion Correction, Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment, Peripheral Illumination Correction, Diffraction Correction, HDR, Memory Card options, File Format, JPEG Resolutions, Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR), AF Area.  With Live View activated, you will be able to turn Focus Peaking on/off in the INFO settings.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27740</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27740"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:49:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* INFO BUTTON */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: Highlight Correction, Shadow Correction, Distortion Correction, Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment, Peripheral Illumination Correction, Diffraction Correction, HDR, Memory Card options, File Format, JPEG Resolutions, Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR), AF Area.  With Live View activated, you will be able to turn Focus Peaking on/off in the INFO settings.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO''' again to exit screen.  You can then select a preferred display screen: Status Screen, Electronic Level, or Display Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27739</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27739"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:46:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* Custom Image */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: Highlight Correction, Shadow Correction, Distortion Correction, Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment, Peripheral Illumination Correction, Diffraction Correction, HDR, Memory Card options, File Format, JPEG Resolutions, Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR), AF Area.  &lt;br /&gt;
With Live View activated, you will be able to turn Focus Peaking on/off in the INFO settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CUSTOM IMAGE===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27738</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27738"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:46:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INFO BUTTON===&lt;br /&gt;
In Standby or Live View, press the INFO button to access various camera settings, such as: Highlight Correction, Shadow Correction, Distortion Correction, Lat-Chromatic-Ab Adjustment, Peripheral Illumination Correction, Diffraction Correction, HDR, Memory Card options, File Format, JPEG Resolutions, Noise Reduction (High-ISO NR, Slow Shutter Speed NR), AF Area.  &lt;br /&gt;
With Live View activated, you will be able to turn Focus Peaking on/off in the INFO settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot; when Live View is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27737</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27737"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:39:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* DRIVE MODES */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27736</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27736"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:39:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* DRIVE MODES */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27735</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27735"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:38:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* EXPOSURE MODES */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27734</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27734"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:37:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left button on the Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the top/bottom controller buttons, or Blue-amber with the left and right controller buttons. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right button on the Four-Way Controller''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through controller buttons to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''top/bottom controller buttons''' selects parameter, the '''left/right controller buttons''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DRIVE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the drive mode, press the '''top button on the Four-way Controller''' and make your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:drive_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Drive_modes.png&amp;diff=27727</id>
		<title>File:Drive modes.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Drive_modes.png&amp;diff=27727"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:31:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27726</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27726"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:28:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27725</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27725"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:26:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* *Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the kit lenses, the aperture can be changed on the aperture ring.  To enable aperture manipulation in the camera, press the button on the aperture ring and turn it to the green A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27723</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27723"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:24:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===QUICK EXPOSURE GUIDE===&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly adjust the exposure settings with the following controls. These can be used with or without Live View activated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shutter Speed: '''Front e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Aperture: '''Rear e-dial'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* ISO: Press the '''ISO''' button, then adjust with '''Rear e-dial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27722</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27722"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:20:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* KIT CONTENTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27721</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27721"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:20:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KIT CONTENTS===&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Camera&lt;br /&gt;
Batteries (2)&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Cards (2)&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-FA 645 1:2.8 75mm Prime Lens&lt;br /&gt;
SMC Pentax-A 645 1:4 120mm Macro Lens&lt;br /&gt;
Lens Hoods (2, Metal &amp;amp; Silicon)&lt;br /&gt;
Battery Charger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Exposure_modes.png&amp;diff=27710</id>
		<title>File:Exposure modes.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Exposure_modes.png&amp;diff=27710"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:16:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: Bermis01 uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Exposure modes.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27707</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27707"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:15:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* EXPOSURE MODES */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27706</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27706"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:15:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXPOSURE MODES===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the '''Mode Dial''' to change the exposure mode setting.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:exposure_modes.png|400px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Exposure_modes.png&amp;diff=27705</id>
		<title>File:Exposure modes.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Exposure_modes.png&amp;diff=27705"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:15:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27697</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27697"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:10:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* Custom Image */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27696</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27696"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T22:09:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the '''Lens Unlock''' button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;Focus Peaking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the '''Four-Way Controller'''.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the '''Main Switch''' to the '''Preview''' selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Image===&lt;br /&gt;
You can utilize this feature to change the desired picture style with different colors.  If you do not want the camera to change the color of your images, set this to &amp;quot;Natural&amp;quot; (no color manipulation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''right arrow''' to pull up the Custom Image setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired tone.  Scroll through the arrow keys to view options.  You can engage the '''PREVIEW''' button to preview the background image with selected effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO''' to pull up the parameter setting screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the parameters.  The '''up/down arrows''' selects parameter, the '''left/right arrows''' adjust the value, the '''Front e-dial''' switches contrast, the '''Rear e-dial''' switches sharpness, and the '''Green''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27691</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27691"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:52:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* LENS ATTACHMENT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove:''' Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;FOCUS PEAKING&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the Four-Way Controller.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''GREEN''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the MAIN SWITCH to the PREVIEW selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27690</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27690"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:52:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* WHITE BALANCE */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;FOCUS PEAKING&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the Four-Way Controller.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''GREEN''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom white balance:====&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the MAIN SWITCH to the PREVIEW selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27689</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27689"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:52:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* WHITE BALANCE */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;FOCUS PEAKING&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the Four-Way Controller.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''GREEN''' button resets the adjustment value to default. Press OK when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Custom white balance:'''&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the MAIN SWITCH to the PREVIEW selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27688</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27688"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:51:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;FOCUS PEAKING&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===WHITE BALANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
This camera has multiple white balance presets.  To change the white balance setting:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the '''left arrow''' on the Four-Way Controller.  The White Balance setting screen will appear on the monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your White Balance. The different preset settings have various options.&lt;br /&gt;
For fine-tuning:&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''INFO'''.  The Fine-tuning setting screen appears.  You can adjust Green-Magenta with the up and down arrows, or Blue-amber with the left and right arrows. The '''GREEN''' button resets the adjustment value to default.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Custom white balance:'''&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the frame under desired lighting with a completely white object (such as a piece of paper). With one of the custom white balance settings selected as described above, push the MAIN SWITCH to the PREVIEW selection.  This will set your custom white balance using the white reference in the frame.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27687</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27687"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:41:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off.  The symbol of the right is Depth of Field Preview, and will display accurate focusing depending on aperture in the viewfinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;FOCUS PEAKING&amp;quot;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27685</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27685"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:38:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FOCUS PEAKING===&lt;br /&gt;
When Focus Peaking is on, the outline of the subject in focus is emphasized (sharpened).  This makes it easier to check the focus.  Focus peaking works in both AF and MF modes.  To turn on focus peaking, press the INFO button and navigate to &amp;quot;FOCUS PEAKING&amp;quot;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27684</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27684"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:36:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* LENS ATTACHMENT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27683</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27683"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:36:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* LENS ATTACHMENT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27682</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27682"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:35:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LENS ATTACHMENT===&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the camera is off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the body mount cap. Press down the lens unlock button (3) and remove cap.&lt;br /&gt;
# Align the lens mount index (red dots) on the body and lens, and turn the lens clockwise. Do not press the lens unlock at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
To remove: Turn the lens counterclockwise while holding down the lens unlock button.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27681</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27681"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:33:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* INTRODUCTION */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MEDIUM FORMAT===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply put, a medium format camera has a larger sensor than other standard DSLR cameras.  A bigger sensor means bigger pixel size, which means better quality. The Pentax 645Z has 3-4x more frame surface than sensors equipped on Canon Rebel DSLRs, which means stills taken with the Pentax can be enlarged significantly without losing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Medium format cameras also have no perspective distortion - images taken more closely resemble the way the human eye sees the real world.  The field of field is much wider than other cameras with standard cropped sensors. Let's say you're shooting on a 6x7 medium format camera with a 50mm lens.  If you compare your images to a 35mm camera (also with a 50mm lens), the field of view will be different.  The medium format pictures will actually see what a 24mm lens on a 35mm camera would see.  Simply put: the larger the format, the wider angle your lenses become. You can shoot a wide scene but it will have the &amp;quot;real-world&amp;quot; look of a lens with a longer focal length.  The subject remains proportional and not &amp;quot;stretched-out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27680</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27680"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:24:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* CONTROLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27679</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27679"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:23:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* CONTROLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|300px|thumb|Pentax Front Controls]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|300px|thumb|Pentax Back Controls]]&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Shutter Release''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''ISO''' &lt;br /&gt;
# '''EV Compensation'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Main switch:''' Move to turn the power on/off or to preview&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Front e-dial:''' Changes the values for camera settings such as exposure; switch menu categories; image selection&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lens unlock:''' Press to detach the lens&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Metering Mode Dial:''' Changes the metering mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Lock:''' Temporarily disables e-dial and button operation&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF (auto-focus) Area:''' Press to change the AF point&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Exposure Bracketing'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''RAW/Fx:''' You can assign a function to this button&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial Lock'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode Dial:''' Changes the exposure mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Stills/Movie Switch Dial:''' Switchings between still capture and move recording modes&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Rear e-dial:''' Changes the values to camera settings such as exposure; switch menu tabs; change camera settings; magnify images&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Mode Dial:''' Switches AF modes (AF.S/C)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mirror Up Dial:''' Enables shooting with the mirror raised&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Illumination:''' Illuminates LCD panel&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AE Lock:''' Locks exposure value; saves JPEG to RAW&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF:''' Available for adjusting focus, instead of pressing shutter release halfway&lt;br /&gt;
# '''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Four-way Controller:''' Displays the Drive Mode, Flash Mode, White Balance or Custom Image setup menu; move cursor or selected list item&lt;br /&gt;
# '''AF Point Change/Card Slow Switch:''' Press to enable changing AF point; switch memory cards in playback mode&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Green:''' Reset the values being adjusted; switches to ISO AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Live View/REC/Delete:''' Displays Live View image on monitor; stars/stops recording in movie move; delete images during playback&lt;br /&gt;
# '''INFO:''' Changes style of display on monitor&lt;br /&gt;
# '''MENU'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Playback'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27678</id>
		<title>Pentax 645Z Digital Medium Format Gear Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Pentax_645Z_Digital_Medium_Format_Gear_Guide&amp;diff=27678"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:02:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: /* CONTROLS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===INTRODUCTION===&lt;br /&gt;
The Pentax 645Z is a digital medium format camera. It is equipped with a 51.4MP censor, which was designed without an anti-aliasing filter to maximize sharpness and details. Its wide ISO range provides low noise, low light capability, and the image processor allows for fast image capture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the only one of its kind at Media Loan, and access to it is very limited.  Only certain approved photography classes are permitted to use it.  A proficiency test is required to use it, which can be found here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SPECIFICATIONS===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sensor'''&lt;br /&gt;
43.8 x 32.8 mm CMOS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Color Depth'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: 8 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: 14 bits/channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Effective Pixels / Total Pixels'''&lt;br /&gt;
51.4MP / 52.99MP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Formats'''&lt;br /&gt;
Stills: RAW (PEF/DNG), TIFF, JPEG (Exif 2.30), DCF2.0 compliant&lt;br /&gt;
Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (MOV) *Motion JPEG (AVI) for Interval Movie Record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Image Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
JPEG: L (51M: 8256 x 6192), M (36M: 6912 x 5184), S (21M: 5376 x 4032), XS (3M:1920 x 1440)&lt;br /&gt;
RAW: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
TIFF: L (51M: 8256 x 6192)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video Resolution'''&lt;br /&gt;
Full HD: (1920x1080, 60i/50i/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
HD: (1280x720, 60p/50p/30p/25p/24p)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lens Mount'''&lt;br /&gt;
Pentax 645AF2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metering Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-segment metering, center-weighted metering, spot metering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shutter Speeds'''&lt;br /&gt;
Auto: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Manual: 1/4000 to 30 sec.&lt;br /&gt;
Bulb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Drive Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single, Continuous (H, L), Self-timer (12 sec., 2sec.), Remote Control (immediately, 3 sec., continuous), Multi-exposure (avail. w/Continuous, Self-timer or Remote Control), Interval Shooting, Interval Composite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Burst Rate'''&lt;br /&gt;
3 fps, JPEG: up to 30 frames, RAW: up to 10 frames, TIFF: up to 12 frames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AF (auto-focus) Modes'''&lt;br /&gt;
Single (AF.S), Continuous AF (AF.C), Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ISO Sensitivity'''&lt;br /&gt;
100 – 204,800&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CARE===&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not attempt to clean sensitive parts of this camera, such as the mirror and sensor, yourself.  If these need to be cleaned, please bring them to Media Loan so that we may assist you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====DO NOT====&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_front.png|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Front Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_back.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Back Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_bottom.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Pentax Bottom Parts]]&lt;br /&gt;
Drop this camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point towards the sun&lt;br /&gt;
Expose to extreme weather conditions&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store/use in extreme temperatures&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Store near corrosive chemicals&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clean the censor or mirror yourself&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use a blow dryer to blow dust from the camera&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use excessive force&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave unattended&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave camera near a strong magnetic field&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Submerge this camera in water&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PARTS===&lt;br /&gt;
====Diopter====&lt;br /&gt;
You can adjust the diopter to your eyesight.  This allows users with poor vision to operate this camera with wearing eye glasses or contact lenses. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''To adjust the diopter:''' Turn the diopter adjustment ring until the focusing brackets in the viewfinder are in focus.  Turn the ring clockwise for a negative value and counterclockwise for a positive value.&lt;br /&gt;
====Monitor====&lt;br /&gt;
This monitor can be tilted to viewing preference.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the camera in one hand and the top of the monitor with the other.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly lower until it stops&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the monitor to lift it upward&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the angle accordingly&lt;br /&gt;
====Tripod Sockets====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two different places this camera can be mounted onto a tripod: on the bottom as well as on the side.  This allows for more user control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CONTROLS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_front.png|300px|thumb|left|Pentax Front Controls]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:pentax_controls_back.png|300px|thumb|left|Pentax Back Controls]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media Loan]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Pentax_controls_back.png&amp;diff=27677</id>
		<title>File:Pentax controls back.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://helpwiki.evergreen.edu/wiki/index.php?title=File:Pentax_controls_back.png&amp;diff=27677"/>
				<updated>2016-01-14T21:01:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bermis01: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bermis01</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>